Merge "Add 3D filetype for STL files"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.30.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @since 1.22
759 */
760 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
761
762 /**
763 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
764 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
765 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
766 * for non-specified types.
767 *
768 * @par Example:
769 * @code
770 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
771 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
772 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
773 * ];
774 * @endcode
775 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
776 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
777 */
778 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
779
780 /**
781 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
782 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
783 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
784 * @since 1.26
785 */
786 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
790 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
791 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
792 *
793 * @par Example:
794 * @code
795 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
796 * @endcode
797 */
798 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
799
800 /**
801 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
802 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
803 * appended to it as appropriate.
804 */
805 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
806
807 /**
808 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
809 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
810 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
811 * access to the thumbnail path.
812 *
813 * @par Example:
814 * @code
815 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
816 * @endcode
817 */
818 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
819
820 /**
821 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
822 */
823 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
824
825 /**
826 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
827 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
828 *
829 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
830 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
831 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
832 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
833 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
834 *
835 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
836 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
837 */
838 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
839
840 /**
841 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
842 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
843 * directory layout.
844 */
845 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
846
847 /**
848 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
849 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
850 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
851 * image description page on this wiki.
852 *
853 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
854 */
855 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
856
857 /**
858 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
859 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
860 *
861 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
862 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
863 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
864 */
865 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
866
867 /**
868 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
869 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
870 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
871 */
872 $wgFileBlacklist = [
873 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
874 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
875 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
876 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
877 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
878 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
879 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
880 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
881
882 /**
883 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
884 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
885 */
886 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
887 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
888 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
889 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
890 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
891 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
892 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
893 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
894 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
895 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
896 'application/x-msmetafile',
897 ];
898
899 /**
900 * Allow Java archive uploads.
901 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
902 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
903 */
904 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
905
906 /**
907 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
915 * by $wgFileExtensions.
916 *
917 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
918 */
919 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
920
921 /**
922 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
923 *
924 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
925 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
926 */
927 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
928
929 /**
930 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
931 */
932 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
933
934 /**
935 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
936 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
937 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
938 *
939 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
940 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
941 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
942 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
943 */
944 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
945 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
946 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
947 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
948 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
949 "application/pdf", // PDF files
950 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
951 ];
952
953 /**
954 * Plugins for media file type handling.
955 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
956 *
957 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
958 * and extensions should use extension.json.
959 */
960 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
961
962 /**
963 * Plugins for page content model handling.
964 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
965 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
966 *
967 * @since 1.21
968 */
969 $wgContentHandlers = [
970 // the usual case
971 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
972 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
973 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
974 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
975 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
976 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
977 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
978 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
979 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
984 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
985 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
986 */
987 $wgUseImageResize = true;
988
989 /**
990 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
991 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
992 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
993 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
994 *
995 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
996 */
997 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
998
999 /**
1000 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1001 */
1002 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1006 * @since 1.27
1007 */
1008 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1012 */
1013 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1014
1015 /**
1016 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1017 */
1018 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1022 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1023 */
1024 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1025
1026 /**
1027 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1028 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1029 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1030 *
1031 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1032 * @code
1033 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1034 * @endcode
1035 *
1036 * Leave as false to skip this.
1037 */
1038 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1042 *
1043 * @since 1.21
1044 */
1045 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1046
1047 /**
1048 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1049 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1050 * at sharp edges.
1051 *
1052 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1053 *
1054 * Supported values:
1055 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1056 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1057 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1058 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1059 *
1060 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1061 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1062 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1063 *
1064 * @since 1.27
1065 */
1066 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1070 * image formats.
1071 */
1072 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1073
1074 /**
1075 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1076 *
1077 * @since 1.26
1078 */
1079 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1083 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1084 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1085 *
1086 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1087 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1088 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1089 */
1090 $wgSVGConverters = [
1091 'ImageMagick' =>
1092 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1093 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1096 . '$output $input',
1097 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1098 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1099 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1100 ];
1101
1102 /**
1103 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1104 */
1105 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1106
1107 /**
1108 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1111
1112 /**
1113 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1119 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1120 */
1121 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1125 *
1126 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1127 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1128 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1129 *
1130 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1131 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1132 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1133 */
1134 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1138 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1139 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1140 *
1141 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1142 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1143 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1144 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1145 *
1146 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1147 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1153 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1154 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1155 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1156 */
1157 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1158
1159 /**
1160 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1161 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1162 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1163 *
1164 * @par Example:
1165 * @code
1166 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1167 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1168 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1169 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1170 * @endcode
1171 */
1172 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1173
1174 /**
1175 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1176 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1177 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1178 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1179 */
1180 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1184 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1185 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1186 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1187 */
1188 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1189
1190 /**
1191 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1192 * output instead of showing an error message.
1193 *
1194 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1195 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1196 *
1197 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1198 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1199 * are logged to a file for review.
1200 */
1201 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1205 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1206 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1207 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1208 * webserver(s).
1209 */
1210 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1214 */
1215 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1219 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1220 * is available that can rotate.
1221 */
1222 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1226 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1227 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1228 */
1229 $wgAntivirus = null;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1233 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1234 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1235 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1236 *
1237 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1238 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1239 *
1240 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1241 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1242 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1243 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1244 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1245 * path.
1246 *
1247 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1248 * function in SpecialUpload.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1250 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1251 * is not set.
1252 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1253 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1254 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1255 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1256 * no virus was found.
1257 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1258 * a virus.
1259 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1260 *
1261 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1262 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1263 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1264 */
1265 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1266
1267 # setup for clamav
1268 'clamav' => [
1269 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1270 'codemap' => [
1271 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1272 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1273 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1274 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1275 ],
1276 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1277 ],
1278 ];
1279
1280 /**
1281 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1282 */
1283 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1287 */
1288 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1289
1290 /**
1291 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1292 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1293 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1299 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1300 */
1301 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1302
1303 /**
1304 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1305 * the MIME type to standard output.
1306 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1307 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1308 *
1309 * @par Example:
1310 * @code
1311 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1312 * @endcode
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1318 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1319 * can be trusted.
1320 */
1321 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1325 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1326 */
1327 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1328 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1331 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 ];
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1337 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1338 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1339 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1340 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1341 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1342 */
1343 $wgImageLimits = [
1344 [ 320, 240 ],
1345 [ 640, 480 ],
1346 [ 800, 600 ],
1347 [ 1024, 768 ],
1348 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1349 ];
1350
1351 /**
1352 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1353 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1354 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1355 */
1356 $wgThumbLimits = [
1357 120,
1358 150,
1359 180,
1360 200,
1361 250,
1362 300
1363 ];
1364
1365 /**
1366 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1367 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1368 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1369 *
1370 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1371 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1372 * supports it.
1373 */
1374 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1375
1376 /**
1377 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1378 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1379 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1380 * following buckets:
1381 *
1382 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1383 *
1384 * and a distance of 50:
1385 *
1386 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1387 *
1388 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1389 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1390 */
1391 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1395 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1396 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1397 *
1398 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1399 *
1400 * @since 1.25
1401 */
1402
1403 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1404
1405 /**
1406 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1407 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1408 *
1409 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1410 * thumbnail's URL.
1411 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1412 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1413 *
1414 * @since 1.25
1415 */
1416 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1427 * HTTP request to.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1435 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1436 *
1437 * @since 1.26
1438 */
1439 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1440
1441 /**
1442 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1443 */
1444 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1445 // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0,
1447 // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageWidth' => 120,
1449 // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1450 'imageHeight' => 120,
1451 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1452 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1453 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1454 // @deprecated since 1.28
1455 'captionLength' => true,
1456 // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1457 'showBytes' => true,
1458 // Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1459 'showDimensions' => true,
1460 'mode' => 'traditional',
1461 ];
1462
1463 /**
1464 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1465 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1466 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1467 */
1468 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1469
1470 /**
1471 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1472 */
1473 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1474
1475 /**
1476 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1477 *
1478 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1479 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1480 *
1481 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1482 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1483 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1484 */
1485 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1486
1487 /**
1488 * @name DJVU settings
1489 * @{
1490 */
1491
1492 /**
1493 * Path of the djvudump executable
1494 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1495 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1496 */
1497 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1498
1499 /**
1500 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1501 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1502 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1503 */
1504 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1505
1506 /**
1507 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1508 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1509 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1510 */
1511 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1512
1513 /**
1514 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1515 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1516 *
1517 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1518 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1519 * the efficiency problem.
1520 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1521 *
1522 * @par Example:
1523 * @code
1524 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1525 * @endcode
1526 */
1527 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1531 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1532 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1533 */
1534 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1535
1536 /**
1537 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1538 */
1539 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1540
1541 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1542
1543 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1544
1545 /************************************************************************//**
1546 * @name Email settings
1547 * @{
1548 */
1549
1550 /**
1551 * Site admin email address.
1552 *
1553 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1554 */
1555 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1556
1557 /**
1558 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1559 *
1560 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1561 *
1562 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1563 */
1564 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1565
1566 /**
1567 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1568 *
1569 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1570 */
1571 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1572
1573 /**
1574 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1575 *
1576 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1577 */
1578 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1582 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1583 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1589 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1590 */
1591 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1592
1593 /**
1594 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1595 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1596 *
1597 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1598 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1599 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1600 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1601 */
1602 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1606 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1607 */
1608 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1609
1610 /**
1611 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1612 */
1613 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1614
1615 /**
1616 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1617 */
1618 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1622 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1623 */
1624 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1625
1626 /**
1627 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1628 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1629 */
1630 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1631
1632 /**
1633 * SMTP Mode.
1634 *
1635 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1636 * Default to false or fill an array :
1637 *
1638 * @code
1639 * $wgSMTP = [
1640 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1641 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1642 * 'port' => '25',
1643 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1644 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1645 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1646 * ];
1647 * @endcode
1648 */
1649 $wgSMTP = false;
1650
1651 /**
1652 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1653 */
1654 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1658 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1659 */
1660 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1661
1662 /**
1663 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1664 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1665 */
1666 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1667
1668 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1669 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1670 # enable or disable at their discretion
1671 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1672 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1676 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1677 * spam relay.
1678 */
1679 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1680
1681 /**
1682 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1683 */
1684 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1685
1686 /**
1687 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1688 * user talk page.
1689 *
1690 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1691 * preference set to true.
1692 */
1693 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1697 * allowed this in the preferences.
1698 */
1699 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1700
1701 /**
1702 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1703 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1704 *
1705 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1706 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1707 *
1708 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1709 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1710 *
1711 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1712 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1713 */
1714 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1715
1716 /**
1717 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1718 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1719 *
1720 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1721 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1722 */
1723 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1724
1725 /**
1726 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1727 * match the limit on your mail server.
1728 */
1729 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1733 */
1734 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1735
1736 /**
1737 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1738 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1739 */
1740 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1741
1742 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1743
1744 /************************************************************************//**
1745 * @name Database settings
1746 * @{
1747 */
1748
1749 /**
1750 * Database host name or IP address
1751 */
1752 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1753
1754 /**
1755 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1756 */
1757 $wgDBport = 5432;
1758
1759 /**
1760 * Name of the database
1761 */
1762 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1763
1764 /**
1765 * Database username
1766 */
1767 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1768
1769 /**
1770 * Database user's password
1771 */
1772 $wgDBpassword = '';
1773
1774 /**
1775 * Database type
1776 */
1777 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1778
1779 /**
1780 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1781 *
1782 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1783 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1784 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1785 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1786 */
1787 $wgDBssl = false;
1788
1789 /**
1790 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1791 *
1792 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1793 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1794 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1795 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1796 */
1797 $wgDBcompress = false;
1798
1799 /**
1800 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1801 */
1802 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1803
1804 /**
1805 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1806 */
1807 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1808
1809 /**
1810 * Search type.
1811 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1812 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1813 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1814 */
1815 $wgSearchType = null;
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Alternative search types
1819 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1820 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1821 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1822 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1823 */
1824 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Table name prefix
1828 */
1829 $wgDBprefix = '';
1830
1831 /**
1832 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1833 */
1834 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1835
1836 /**
1837 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1838 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1839 * DBA has done his best job.
1840 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1841 */
1842 $wgSQLMode = '';
1843
1844 /**
1845 * Mediawiki schema
1846 */
1847 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1848
1849 /**
1850 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1851 */
1852 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1853
1854 /**
1855 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1856 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1857 * main database.
1858 *
1859 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1860 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1861 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1862 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1863 *
1864 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1865 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1866 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1867 *
1868 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1869 * $wgDBprefix.
1870 *
1871 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1872 * $wgDBmwschema.
1873 *
1874 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1875 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1876 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1877 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1878 */
1879 $wgSharedDB = null;
1880
1881 /**
1882 * @see $wgSharedDB
1883 */
1884 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1885
1886 /**
1887 * @see $wgSharedDB
1888 */
1889 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1890
1891 /**
1892 * @see $wgSharedDB
1893 * @since 1.23
1894 */
1895 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1896
1897 /**
1898 * Database load balancer
1899 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1900 * Fields are:
1901 * - host: Host name
1902 * - dbname: Default database name
1903 * - user: DB user
1904 * - password: DB password
1905 * - type: DB type
1906 *
1907 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1908 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1909 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1910 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1911 *
1912 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1913 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1914 *
1915 * - flags: bit field
1916 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1917 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1918 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1919 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1920 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1921 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1922 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1923 * if available
1924 *
1925 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1926 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1927 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1928 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1929 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1930 *
1931 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1932 * variable of the Database object.
1933 *
1934 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1935 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1936 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1937 *
1938 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1939 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1940 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1941 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1942 *
1943 * @code
1944 * SET @@read_only=1;
1945 * @endcode
1946 *
1947 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1948 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1949 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1950 */
1951 $wgDBservers = false;
1952
1953 /**
1954 * Load balancer factory configuration
1955 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1956 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1957 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1958 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1959 *
1960 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1961 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1962 */
1963 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1964
1965 /**
1966 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1967 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1968 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1969 * @since 1.27
1970 */
1971 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1972
1973 /**
1974 * File to log database errors to
1975 */
1976 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1977
1978 /**
1979 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1980 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1981 *
1982 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1983 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1984 *
1985 * @par Examples:
1986 * @code
1987 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1988 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1989 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1990 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1991 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1992 * @endcode
1993 *
1994 * @since 1.20
1995 */
1996 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1997
1998 /**
1999 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2000 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2001 *
2002 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2003 *
2004 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2005 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2006 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2007 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2008 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2009 *
2010 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2011 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2012 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2013 */
2014 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2015
2016 /**
2017 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2018 *
2019 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2020 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2021 * block).
2022 *
2023 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2024 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2025 * connections.
2026 *
2027 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2028 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2029 * pooled.
2030 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2031 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2032 *
2033 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2034 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2035 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2036 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2037 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2038 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2039 *
2040 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2041 */
2042 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2043
2044 /**
2045 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2046 * account.
2047 * Array numeric key => database name
2048 */
2049 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2050
2051 /**
2052 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2053 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2054 * show a more obvious warning.
2055 */
2056 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2057
2058 /**
2059 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2060 */
2061 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2062
2063 /**
2064 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2065 */
2066 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2067
2068 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2069
2070 /************************************************************************//**
2071 * @name Text storage
2072 * @{
2073 */
2074
2075 /**
2076 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2077 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2078 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2079 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2080 */
2081 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2082
2083 /**
2084 * External stores allow including content
2085 * from non database sources following URL links.
2086 *
2087 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2088 * @code
2089 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2090 * @endcode
2091 *
2092 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2093 */
2094 $wgExternalStores = [];
2095
2096 /**
2097 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2098 *
2099 * @par Example:
2100 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2101 * @code
2102 * $wgExternalServers = [
2103 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2104 * ];
2105 * @endcode
2106 *
2107 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2108 * another class.
2109 */
2110 $wgExternalServers = [];
2111
2112 /**
2113 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2114 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2115 *
2116 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2117 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2118 *
2119 * @par Example:
2120 * @code
2121 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2122 * @endcode
2123 *
2124 * @var array
2125 */
2126 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2127
2128 /**
2129 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2130 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2131 *
2132 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2133 */
2134 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2135
2136 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2137
2138 /************************************************************************//**
2139 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2140 * @{
2141 */
2142
2143 /**
2144 * Disable database-intensive features
2145 */
2146 $wgMiserMode = false;
2147
2148 /**
2149 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2150 */
2151 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2152
2153 /**
2154 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2155 */
2156 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2157
2158 /**
2159 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2160 */
2161 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2162
2163 /**
2164 * Enable slow parser functions
2165 */
2166 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2167
2168 /**
2169 * Allow schema updates
2170 */
2171 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2172
2173 /**
2174 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2175 */
2176 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2177
2178 /**
2179 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2180 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2181 */
2182 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2183
2184 /**
2185 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2186 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2187 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2188 * @since 1.26
2189 */
2190 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2191
2192 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2193
2194 /************************************************************************//**
2195 * @name Cache settings
2196 * @{
2197 */
2198
2199 /**
2200 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2201 * from the web.
2202 *
2203 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2204 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2205 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2206 */
2207 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2208
2209 /**
2210 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2211 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2212 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2213 *
2214 * The options are:
2215 *
2216 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2217 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2218 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2219 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2220 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2221 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2222 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2223 *
2224 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2225 */
2226 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2227
2228 /**
2229 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2230 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2231 *
2232 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2233 */
2234 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2235
2236 /**
2237 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2238 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2239 *
2240 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2241 */
2242 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2243
2244 /**
2245 * The cache type for storing session data.
2246 *
2247 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2248 */
2249 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2250
2251 /**
2252 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2253 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2254 *
2255 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2256 *
2257 * @since 1.20
2258 */
2259 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2260
2261 /**
2262 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2263 *
2264 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2265 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2266 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2267 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2268 *
2269 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2270 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2271 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2272 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2273 */
2274 $wgObjectCaches = [
2275 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2276 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2277
2278 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2279 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2280 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2281
2282 'db-replicated' => [
2283 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2284 'readFactory' => [
2285 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2286 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2287 ],
2288 'writeFactory' => [
2289 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2290 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2291 ],
2292 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2293 'reportDupes' => false
2294 ],
2295
2296 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2298 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2299 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2300 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2301 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2302 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2303 ];
2304
2305 /**
2306 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2307 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2308 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2309 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2310 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2311 *
2312 * The options are:
2313 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2314 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2315 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2316 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2317 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2318 * @since 1.26
2319 */
2320 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2321
2322 /**
2323 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2324 *
2325 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2326 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2327 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2328 *
2329 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2330 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2331 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2332 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2333 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2334 *
2335 * @since 1.26
2336 */
2337 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2338 CACHE_NONE => [
2339 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2340 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2341 'channels' => []
2342 ]
2343 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2344 'memcached-php' => [
2345 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2346 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2347 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2348 ]
2349 */
2350 ];
2351
2352 /**
2353 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2354 *
2355 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2356 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2357 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2358 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2359 *
2360 * @var bool
2361 * @since 1.29
2362 */
2363 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2364
2365 /**
2366 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2367 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2368 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2369 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2370 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2371 *
2372 * The options are:
2373 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2374 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2375 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2376 *
2377 * @since 1.26
2378 */
2379 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2380
2381 /**
2382 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2383 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2384 */
2385 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2386
2387 /**
2388 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2389 */
2390 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2391
2392 /**
2393 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2394 */
2395 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2396
2397 /**
2398 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2399 */
2400 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2401
2402 /**
2403 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2404 *
2405 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2406 *
2407 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2408 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2409 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2410 * others' cookies.
2411 *
2412 * @since 1.27
2413 * @var string
2414 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2415 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2416 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2417 */
2418 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2419
2420 /**
2421 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2422 *
2423 * @since 1.28
2424 */
2425 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2426
2427 /**
2428 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2429 */
2430 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2431
2432 /**
2433 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2434 */
2435 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2436
2437 /**
2438 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2439 * requests.
2440 */
2441 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2442
2443 /**
2444 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2445 */
2446 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2447
2448 /**
2449 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2450 *
2451 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2452 *
2453 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2454 *
2455 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2456 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2457 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2458 */
2459 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2460
2461 /**
2462 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2463 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2464 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2465 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2466 */
2467 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2468
2469 /**
2470 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2471 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2472 *
2473 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2474 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2475 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2476 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2477 * otherwise the database will be used.
2478 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2479 * store static arrays.
2480 *
2481 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2482 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2483 *
2484 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2485 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2486 * will be used.
2487 *
2488 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2489 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2490 */
2491 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2492 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2493 'store' => 'detect',
2494 'storeClass' => false,
2495 'storeDirectory' => false,
2496 'manualRecache' => false,
2497 ];
2498
2499 /**
2500 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2501 */
2502 $wgCachePages = true;
2503
2504 /**
2505 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2506 * client-side and server-side caching.
2507 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2508 * @verbatim
2509 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2510 * @endverbatim
2511 */
2512 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2513
2514 /**
2515 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2516 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2517 */
2518 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2519
2520 /**
2521 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2522 *
2523 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2524 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2525 * styles.
2526 */
2527 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2528
2529 /**
2530 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2531 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2532 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2533 */
2534 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2535
2536 /**
2537 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2538 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2539 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2540 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2541 */
2542 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2546 * @deprecated since 1.26
2547 */
2548 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2549
2550 /**
2551 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2552 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2553 */
2554 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2555
2556 /**
2557 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2558 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2559 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2560 *
2561 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2562 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2563 * don't update as expected.
2564 */
2565 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2566
2567 /**
2568 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2569 */
2570 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2571
2572 /**
2573 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2574 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2575 *
2576 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2577 */
2578 $wgUseGzip = false;
2579
2580 /**
2581 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2582 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2583 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2584 * a grace period.
2585 */
2586 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2587
2588 /**
2589 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2590 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2591 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2592 *
2593 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2594 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2595 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2596 */
2597 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2598
2599 /**
2600 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2601 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2602 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2603 *
2604 * @par Example:
2605 * @code
2606 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2607 * @endcode
2608 *
2609 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2610 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2611 *
2612 * @var int|bool
2613 */
2614 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2615
2616 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2617
2618 /************************************************************************//**
2619 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2620 *
2621 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2622 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2623 *
2624 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2625 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2626 * more details.
2627 *
2628 * @{
2629 */
2630
2631 /**
2632 * Enable/disable CDN.
2633 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2634 */
2635 $wgUseSquid = false;
2636
2637 /**
2638 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2639 */
2640 $wgUseESI = false;
2641
2642 /**
2643 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2644 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2645 * @since 1.27
2646 */
2647 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2648
2649 /**
2650 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2651 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2652 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2653 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2654 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2655 * HTTP redirects.
2656 */
2657 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2658
2659 /**
2660 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2661 *
2662 * @par Example:
2663 * @code
2664 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2665 * @endcode
2666 */
2667 $wgInternalServer = false;
2668
2669 /**
2670 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2671 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2672 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2673 *
2674 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2675 */
2676 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2677
2678 /**
2679 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2680 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2681 * @since 1.27
2682 */
2683 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2684
2685 /**
2686 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2687 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2688 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2689 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2690 *
2691 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2692 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2693 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2694 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2695 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2696 *
2697 * @since 1.27
2698 */
2699 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2700
2701 /**
2702 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2703 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2704 * @since 1.27
2705 */
2706 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2707
2708 /**
2709 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2710 *
2711 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2712 */
2713 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2714
2715 /**
2716 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2717 *
2718 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2719 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2720 *
2721 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2722 */
2723 $wgSquidServers = [];
2724
2725 /**
2726 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2727 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2728 * CIDR blocks.
2729 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2730 */
2731 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2732
2733 /**
2734 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2735 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2736 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2737 *
2738 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2739 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2740 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2741 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2742 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2743 *
2744 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2745 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2746 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2747 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2748 * reverse).
2749 *
2750 * @since 1.21
2751 */
2752 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2753
2754 /**
2755 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2756 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2757 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2758 *
2759 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2760 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2761 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2762 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2763 *
2764 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2765 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2766 * @code
2767 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2768 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2769 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2770 * 'port' => 4827,
2771 * ],
2772 * '' => [
2773 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2774 * 'port' => 4827,
2775 * ],
2776 * ];
2777 * @endcode
2778 *
2779 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2780 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2781 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2782 *
2783 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2784 * @code
2785 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2786 * '' => [
2787 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2788 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2789 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2790 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2791 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2792 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2793 * ],
2794 * ];
2795 * @endcode
2796 *
2797 * @since 1.22
2798 *
2799 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2800 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2801 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2802 *
2803 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2804 */
2805 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2806
2807 /**
2808 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2809 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2810 */
2811 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2812
2813 /**
2814 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2815 */
2816 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2817
2818 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2819
2820 /************************************************************************//**
2821 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2822 * @{
2823 */
2824
2825 /**
2826 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2827 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2828 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2829 *
2830 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2831 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2832 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2833 *
2834 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2835 * change it in their preferences.
2836 *
2837 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2838 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2839 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2840 */
2841 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2842
2843 /**
2844 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2845 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2846 */
2847 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2848
2849 /**
2850 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2851 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2852 *
2853 * @par Example:
2854 * @code
2855 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2856 * @endcode
2857 */
2858 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2859
2860 /**
2861 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2862 */
2863 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2864
2865 /**
2866 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2867 */
2868 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2869
2870 /**
2871 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2872 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2873 * Notes:
2874 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2875 * map.
2876 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2877 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2878 * this array.
2879 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2880 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2881 * the prefix in this array.
2882 */
2883 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2884
2885 /**
2886 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2887 */
2888 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2889
2890 /**
2891 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2892 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2893 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2894 *
2895 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2896 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2897 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2898 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2899 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2900 *
2901 * @since 1.29
2902 */
2903 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2904 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2905 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2906 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2907 ];
2908
2909 /**
2910 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2911 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2912 *
2913 * @deprecated since 1.29
2914 */
2915 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2916
2917 /**
2918 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2919 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2920 * set to "ar".
2921 *
2922 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2923 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2924 */
2925 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2926
2927 /**
2928 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2929 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2930 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2931 * support these characters.
2932 *
2933 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2934 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2935 */
2936 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2937
2938 /**
2939 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2940 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2941 * impact.
2942 *
2943 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2944 * details.
2945 *
2946 * @since 1.17
2947 */
2948 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2949
2950 /**
2951 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2952 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2953 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2954 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2955 *
2956 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2957 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2958 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2959 */
2960 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2961
2962 /**
2963 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2964 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2965 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2966 */
2967 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2968 /**
2969 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2970 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2971 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2972 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2973 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2974 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2975 *
2976 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2977 */
2978 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2979 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2980 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2981
2982 /**
2983 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2984 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2985 *
2986 * Known useragents:
2987 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2988 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2989 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2990 * - [...]
2991 *
2992 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2993 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2994 */
2995 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2996
2997 /**
2998 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2999 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
3000 */
3001 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
3002 ];
3003
3004 /**
3005 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3006 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3007 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3008 *
3009 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3010 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3011 * to remain viewable.
3012 *
3013 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3014 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3015 */
3016 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3020 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3021 */
3022 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3026 * numerals in interface.
3027 */
3028 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3032 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3033 */
3034 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3035
3036 /**
3037 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3038 */
3039 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3040
3041 /**
3042 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3043 */
3044 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3045
3046 /**
3047 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3048 */
3049 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3050
3051 /**
3052 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3053 */
3054 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3055
3056 /**
3057 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3058 */
3059 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3063 * used to ease variant development work.
3064 */
3065 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3066
3067 /**
3068 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3069 *
3070 * @par Example:
3071 * @code
3072 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3073 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3074 * @endcode
3075 */
3076 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3077
3078 /**
3079 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3080 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3081 * language variant.
3082 *
3083 * @par Example:
3084 * @code
3085 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3086 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3087 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3088 * @endcode
3089 *
3090 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3091 *
3092 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3093 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3094 */
3095 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3096
3097 /**
3098 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3099 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3100 * customise these.
3101 */
3102 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3103
3104 /**
3105 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3106 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3107 *
3108 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3109 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3110 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3111 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3112 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3113 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3114 * the default behavior.
3115 *
3116 * @par Example:
3117 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3118 * portal:
3119 * @code
3120 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3121 * @endcode
3122 */
3123 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3124
3125 /**
3126 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3127 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3128 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3129 *
3130 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3131 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3132 *
3133 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3134 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3135 *
3136 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3137 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3138 *
3139 * @par Examples:
3140 * @code
3141 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3142 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3143 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3144 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3145 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3146 * @endcode
3147 */
3148 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3149
3150 /**
3151 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3152 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3153 *
3154 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3155 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3156 *
3157 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3158 */
3159 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3160
3161 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3162
3163 /*************************************************************************//**
3164 * @name Output format and skin settings
3165 * @{
3166 */
3167
3168 /**
3169 * The default Content-Type header.
3170 */
3171 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3172
3173 /**
3174 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3175 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3176 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3177 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3178 * @deprecated since 1.22
3179 */
3180 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3181
3182 /**
3183 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3184 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3185 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3186 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3187 * @deprecated since 1.22
3188 */
3189 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3190
3191 /**
3192 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3193 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3194 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3195 * to true by Setup.php.
3196 * @deprecated since 1.22
3197 */
3198 $wgHtml5 = true;
3199
3200 /**
3201 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3202 *
3203 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3204 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3205 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3206 * @since 1.16
3207 */
3208 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3209
3210 /**
3211 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3212 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3213 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3214 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3215 * @since 1.24
3216 */
3217 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3218
3219 /**
3220 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3221 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3222 * stable and change has been communicated.
3223 * @since 1.24
3224 */
3225 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3226
3227 /**
3228 * Temporary variable that determines whether the EditPage class should use OOjs UI or not.
3229 * This will be removed later and OOjs UI will become the only option.
3230 *
3231 * @since 1.29
3232 */
3233 $wgOOUIEditPage = true;
3234
3235 /**
3236 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3237 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3238 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3239 *
3240 * @since 1.28
3241 */
3242 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3243
3244 /**
3245 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3246 *
3247 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3248 *
3249 * @par Example:
3250 * @code
3251 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3252 * @endcode
3253 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3254 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3255 *
3256 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3257 */
3258 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3259
3260 /**
3261 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3262 *
3263 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3264 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3265 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3266 */
3267 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3268
3269 /**
3270 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3271 */
3272 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3276 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3277 */
3278 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3282 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3283 */
3284 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3285
3286 /**
3287 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3288 *
3289 * @since 1.24
3290 */
3291 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3292
3293 /**
3294 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3295 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3296 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3297 */
3298 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3299
3300 /**
3301 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3302 */
3303 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3304
3305 /**
3306 * Allow user Javascript page?
3307 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3308 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3309 */
3310 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3311
3312 /**
3313 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3314 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3315 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3316 */
3317 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3318
3319 /**
3320 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3321 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3322 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3323 */
3324 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3325
3326 /**
3327 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3328 */
3329 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3330
3331 /**
3332 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3333 */
3334 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3335
3336 /**
3337 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3338 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3339 */
3340 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3341
3342 /**
3343 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3344 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3345 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3346 *
3347 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3348 *
3349 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3350 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3351 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3352 *
3353 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3354 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3355 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3356 * recommended.
3357 *
3358 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3359 * not just edit pages.
3360 */
3361 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3362
3363 /**
3364 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3365 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3366 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3367 * Options are:
3368 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3369 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3370 * - false: Allow all framing.
3371 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3372 */
3373 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3374
3375 /**
3376 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3377 */
3378 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3379
3380 /**
3381 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3382 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3383 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3384 *
3385 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3386 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3387 * content (particularly Cite). See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3388 */
3389 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3390
3391 /**
3392 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3393 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3394 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3395 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3396 *
3397 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3398 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3399 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3400 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3401 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3402 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3403 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3404 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3405 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3406 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3407 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3408 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3409 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3410 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3411 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3412 * not be outputted
3413 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3414 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3415 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3416 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3417 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3418 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3419 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3420 */
3421 $wgFooterIcons = [
3422 "copyright" => [
3423 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3424 ],
3425 "poweredby" => [
3426 "mediawiki" => [
3427 // Defaults to point at
3428 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3429 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3430 "src" => null,
3431 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3432 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3433 ]
3434 ],
3435 ];
3436
3437 /**
3438 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3439 * to create an account.
3440 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3441 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3442 */
3443 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3444
3445 /**
3446 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3447 */
3448 $wgEdititis = false;
3449
3450 /**
3451 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3452 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3453 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3454 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3455 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3456 *
3457 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3458 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3459 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3460 */
3461 $wgSend404Code = true;
3462
3463 /**
3464 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3465 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3466 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3467 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3468 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3469 *
3470 * @since 1.20
3471 */
3472 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3473
3474 /**
3475 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3476 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3477 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3478 * unconditionally.
3479 */
3480 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3481
3482 /**
3483 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3484 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3485 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3486 * the domain root.
3487 *
3488 * @since 1.25
3489 */
3490 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3491
3492 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3493
3494 /*************************************************************************//**
3495 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3496 * @{
3497 */
3498
3499 /**
3500 * Client-side resource modules.
3501 *
3502 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3503 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3504 *
3505 * @par Example:
3506 * @code
3507 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3508 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3509 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3510 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3511 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3512 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3513 * ];
3514 * @endcode
3515 */
3516 $wgResourceModules = [];
3517
3518 /**
3519 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3520 *
3521 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3522 * not be modified or disabled.
3523 *
3524 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3525 *
3526 * @par Example:
3527 * @code
3528 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3529 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3530 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3531 * ];
3532 *
3533 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3534 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3535 * ];
3536 * @endcode
3537 *
3538 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3539 *
3540 * @par Equivalent:
3541 * @code
3542 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3543 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3544 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3545 * 'skinStyles' => [
3546 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3547 * ],
3548 * ];
3549 * @endcode
3550 *
3551 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3552 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3553 *
3554 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3555 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3556 *
3557 * @par Example:
3558 * @code
3559 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3560 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3561 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3562 * 'skinStyles' => [
3563 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3564 * ],
3565 * ];
3566 * // Note the '+' character:
3567 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3568 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3569 * ];
3570 * @endcode
3571 *
3572 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3573 *
3574 * @par Equivalent:
3575 * @code
3576 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3577 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3578 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3579 * 'skinStyles' => [
3580 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3581 * 'foo' => [
3582 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3583 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3584 * ],
3585 * ],
3586 * ];
3587 * @endcode
3588 *
3589 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3590 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3591 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3592 *
3593 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3594 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3595 *
3596 * @par Example:
3597 * @code
3598 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3599 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3600 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3601 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3602 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3603 * ];
3604 * @endcode
3605 */
3606 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3607
3608 /**
3609 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3610 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3611 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3612 *
3613 * @par Example:
3614 * @code
3615 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3616 * @endcode
3617 */
3618 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3619
3620 /**
3621 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3622 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3623 */
3624 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3625
3626 /**
3627 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3628 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3629 *
3630 * Following options to distinguish:
3631 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3632 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3633 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3634 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3635 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3636 *
3637 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3638 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3639 * client and MediaWiki.
3640 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3641 */
3642 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3643 'versioned' => [
3644 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3645 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3646 ],
3647 'unversioned' => [
3648 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3649 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3650 ],
3651 ];
3652
3653 /**
3654 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3655 *
3656 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3657 */
3658 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3659
3660 /**
3661 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3662 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3663 *
3664 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3665 */
3666 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3667
3668 /**
3669 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3670 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3671 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3672 *
3673 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3674 */
3675 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3676
3677 /**
3678 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3679 *
3680 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3681 */
3682 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3683
3684 /**
3685 * Use jQuery 3 (with jQuery Migrate) instead of jQuery 1.
3686 *
3687 * This is a temporary feature flag for the MediaWiki 1.29 development cycle while
3688 * instabilities with jQuery 3 are being addressed. See T124742.
3689 *
3690 * @deprecated since 1.29
3691 */
3692 $wgUsejQueryThree = true;
3693
3694 /**
3695 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3696 *
3697 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3698 * work.
3699 *
3700 * @par Example of legacy code:
3701 * @code{,js}
3702 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3703 * @endcode
3704 * or:
3705 * @code{,js}
3706 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3707 * @endcode
3708 *
3709 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3710 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3711 * @code{,js}
3712 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3713 * @endcode
3714 * or:
3715 * @code{,js}
3716 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3717 * @endcode
3718 */
3719 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3720
3721 /**
3722 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3723 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3724 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3725 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3726 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3727 * that you can't increase.
3728 *
3729 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3730 * string length limit.
3731 *
3732 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3733 */
3734 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3735
3736 /**
3737 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3738 * prior to minification to validate it.
3739 *
3740 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3741 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3742 */
3743 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3744
3745 /**
3746 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3747 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3748 *
3749 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3750 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3751 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3752 */
3753 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3754
3755 /**
3756 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3757 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3758 *
3759 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3760 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3761 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3762 *
3763 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3764 *
3765 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3766 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3767 *
3768 * @par Example:
3769 * @code
3770 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3771 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3772 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3773 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3774 * ];
3775 * @endcode
3776 * @since 1.22
3777 */
3778 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3779 /**
3780 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3781 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3782 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3783 * @since 1.27
3784 */
3785 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3786 ];
3787
3788 /**
3789 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3790 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3791 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3792 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3793 *
3794 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3795 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3796 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3797 * files from its own tree.
3798 *
3799 * @since 1.22
3800 */
3801 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3802 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3803 ];
3804
3805 /**
3806 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3807 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3808 */
3809 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3810
3811 /**
3812 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3813 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3814 *
3815 * @since 1.23
3816 */
3817 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3818
3819 /**
3820 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3821 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3822 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3823 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3824 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3825 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3826 * from the rest of the site.
3827 *
3828 * @since 1.25
3829 */
3830 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3831
3832 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3833
3834 /*************************************************************************//**
3835 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3836 * @{
3837 */
3838
3839 /**
3840 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3841 * used instead.
3842 */
3843 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3844
3845 /**
3846 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3847 *
3848 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3849 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3850 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3851 */
3852 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3853
3854 /**
3855 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3856 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3857 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3858 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3859 * hook or extension.json.
3860 *
3861 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3862 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3863 * the new namespace name.
3864 *
3865 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3866 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3867 *
3868 * @par Example:
3869 * @code
3870 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3871 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3872 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3873 * 102 => "Aide",
3874 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3875 * ];
3876 * @endcode
3877 *
3878 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3879 */
3880 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3881
3882 /**
3883 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3884 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3885 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3886 * @since 1.18
3887 */
3888 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3889
3890 /**
3891 * Namespace aliases.
3892 *
3893 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3894 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3895 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3896 * name.
3897 *
3898 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3899 *
3900 * @par Example:
3901 * @code
3902 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3903 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3904 * 'Help' => 100,
3905 * ];
3906 * @endcode
3907 */
3908 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3909
3910 /**
3911 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3912 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3913 *
3914 * Problematic punctuation:
3915 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3916 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3917 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3918 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3919 * corrupted by apache
3920 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3921 *
3922 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3923 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3924 *
3925 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3926 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3927 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3928 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3929 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3930 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3931 *
3932 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3933 *
3934 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3935 * this breaks interlanguage links
3936 */
3937 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3938
3939 /**
3940 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3941 *
3942 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3943 */
3944 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3945
3946 /**
3947 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3948 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3949 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3950 *
3951 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3952 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3953 */
3954 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3955
3956 /**
3957 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3958 */
3959 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3960
3961 /**
3962 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3963 * @{
3964 */
3965
3966 /**
3967 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3968 * database (.cdb) file.
3969 *
3970 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3971 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3972 * formats such as the following:
3973 *
3974 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3975 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3976 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3977 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3978 *
3979 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3980 * data layout.
3981 *
3982 * @var bool|array|string
3983 */
3984 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3985
3986 /**
3987 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3988 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3989 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3990 * - 3: site levels
3991 */
3992 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3993
3994 /**
3995 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3996 */
3997 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3998
3999 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4000
4001 /**
4002 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4003 * @{
4004 */
4005
4006 /**
4007 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4008 */
4009 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4010
4011 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4012
4013 /**
4014 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4015 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4016 * as 'redirected from' links.
4017 *
4018 * @par Example:
4019 * It might look something like this:
4020 * @code
4021 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4022 * @endcode
4023 *
4024 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4025 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4026 * the URL.
4027 */
4028 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4029
4030 /**
4031 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4032 *
4033 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4034 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4035 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4036 */
4037 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4038
4039 /**
4040 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4041 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4042 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4043 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4044 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4045 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4046 * NS_FILE.
4047 *
4048 * @par Example:
4049 * @code
4050 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4051 * @endcode
4052 */
4053 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4054
4055 /**
4056 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4057 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4058 */
4059 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4060 NS_TALK => true,
4061 NS_USER => true,
4062 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4063 NS_PROJECT => true,
4064 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4065 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4066 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4067 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4068 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4069 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4070 NS_HELP => true,
4071 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4072 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4073 ];
4074
4075 /**
4076 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4077 *
4078 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4079 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4080 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4081 *
4082 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4083 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4084 *
4085 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4086 * the new extension registration system.
4087 *
4088 * @since 1.23
4089 */
4090 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4091
4092 /**
4093 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4094 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4095 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4096 * number of articles in the wiki.
4097 */
4098 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4099
4100 /**
4101 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4102 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4103 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4104 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4105 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4106 */
4107 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4108
4109 /**
4110 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4111 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4112 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4113 */
4114 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4115
4116 /**
4117 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4118 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4119 * will make the redirect fail.
4120 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4121 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4122 *
4123 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4124 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4125 */
4126 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4127
4128 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4129
4130 /************************************************************************//**
4131 * @name Parser settings
4132 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4133 * @{
4134 */
4135
4136 /**
4137 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4138 *
4139 * class The class name
4140 *
4141 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4142 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4143 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4144 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4145 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4146 *
4147 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4148 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4149 *
4150 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4151 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4152 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4153 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4154 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4155 * an extension setup function.
4156 */
4157 $wgParserConf = [
4158 'class' => 'Parser',
4159 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4160 ];
4161
4162 /**
4163 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4164 */
4165 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4166
4167 /**
4168 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4169 * by PPFrame::expand()
4170 */
4171 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4172
4173 /**
4174 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4175 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4176 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4177 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4178 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4179 *
4180 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4181 */
4182 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4183
4184 /**
4185 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4186 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4187 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4188 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4189 */
4190 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4191
4192 /**
4193 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4194 */
4195 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4196
4197 /**
4198 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4199 *
4200 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4201 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4202 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4203 * more information.
4204 *
4205 * @see wfParseUrl
4206 */
4207 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4208 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4209 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4210 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4211 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4212 ];
4213
4214 /**
4215 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4216 */
4217 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4218
4219 /**
4220 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4221 */
4222 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4223
4224 /**
4225 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4226 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4227 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4228 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4229 *
4230 * @par Examples:
4231 * @code
4232 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4233 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4234 * @endcode
4235 */
4236 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4237
4238 /**
4239 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4240 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4241 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4242 * The image will be displayed.
4243 *
4244 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4245 * Or false to disable it
4246 */
4247 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4248
4249 /**
4250 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4251 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4252 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4253 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4254 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4255 * sites they control.
4256 */
4257 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4258
4259 /**
4260 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4261 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4262 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4263 *
4264 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4265 * parameters will be used instead.
4266 *
4267 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4268 *
4269 * Keys are:
4270 * - driver: May be:
4271 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4272 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4273 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4274 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4275 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4276 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4277 *
4278 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4279 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4280 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4281 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4282 */
4283 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4284
4285 /**
4286 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4287 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4288 */
4289 $wgUseTidy = false;
4290
4291 /**
4292 * The path to the tidy binary.
4293 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4294 */
4295 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4296
4297 /**
4298 * The path to the tidy config file
4299 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4300 */
4301 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4302
4303 /**
4304 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4305 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4306 */
4307 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4308
4309 /**
4310 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4311 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4312 */
4313 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4314
4315 /**
4316 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4317 * Only works for internal tidy.
4318 */
4319 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4320
4321 /**
4322 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4323 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4324 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4325 */
4326 $wgRawHtml = false;
4327
4328 /**
4329 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4330 *
4331 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4332 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4333 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4334 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4335 * to some of your users.
4336 */
4337 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4338
4339 /**
4340 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4341 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4342 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4343 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4344 */
4345 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4346
4347 /**
4348 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4349 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4350 */
4351 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4352
4353 /**
4354 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4355 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4356 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4357 *
4358 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4359 *
4360 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4361 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4362 * etc.
4363 *
4364 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4365 */
4366 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4367
4368 /**
4369 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4370 */
4371 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4372
4373 /**
4374 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4375 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4376 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4377 */
4378 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4379
4380 /**
4381 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4382 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4383 */
4384 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4385
4386 /**
4387 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4388 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4389 */
4390 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4391
4392 /**
4393 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4394 */
4395 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4396
4397 /**
4398 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4399 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4400 */
4401 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4402
4403 /**
4404 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4405 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4406 *
4407 * @since 1.28
4408 */
4409 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4410 'ISBN' => false,
4411 'PMID' => false,
4412 'RFC' => false
4413 ];
4414
4415 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4416
4417 /************************************************************************//**
4418 * @name Statistics
4419 * @{
4420 */
4421
4422 /**
4423 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4424 * as a valid article.
4425 *
4426 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4427 *
4428 * This variable can have the following values:
4429 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4430 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4431 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4432 *
4433 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4434 *
4435 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4436 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4437 * script.
4438 */
4439 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4440
4441 /**
4442 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4443 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4444 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4445 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4446 * numbers between different wikis.
4447 */
4448 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4449
4450 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4451
4452 /************************************************************************//**
4453 * @name User accounts, authentication
4454 * @{
4455 */
4456
4457 /**
4458 * Central ID lookup providers
4459 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4460 * @since 1.27
4461 */
4462 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4463 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4464 ];
4465
4466 /**
4467 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4468 * @var string
4469 */
4470 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4471
4472 /**
4473 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4474 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4475 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4476 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4477 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4478 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4479 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4480 * Statements:
4481 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4482 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4483 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4484 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4485 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4486 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4487 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4488 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4489 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4490 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4491 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4492 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4493 * @since 1.26
4494 */
4495 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4496 'policies' => [
4497 'bureaucrat' => [
4498 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4499 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4500 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4501 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4502 ],
4503 'sysop' => [
4504 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4505 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4506 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4507 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4508 ],
4509 'bot' => [
4510 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4511 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4512 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4513 ],
4514 'default' => [
4515 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4516 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4517 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4518 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4519 ],
4520 ],
4521 'checks' => [
4522 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4523 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4524 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4525 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4526 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4527 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4528 ],
4529 ];
4530
4531 /**
4532 * Configure AuthManager
4533 *
4534 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4535 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4536 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4537 * (default is 0).
4538 *
4539 * Elements are:
4540 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4541 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4542 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4543 *
4544 * @since 1.27
4545 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4546 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4547 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4548 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4549 */
4550 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4551
4552 /**
4553 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4554 * @since 1.27
4555 */
4556 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4557 'preauth' => [
4558 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4559 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4560 'sort' => 0,
4561 ],
4562 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4563 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4564 'sort' => 0,
4565 ],
4566 ],
4567 'primaryauth' => [
4568 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4569 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4570 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4571 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4572 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4573 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4574 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4575 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4576 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4577 'args' => [ [
4578 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4579 'authoritative' => false,
4580 ] ],
4581 'sort' => 0,
4582 ],
4583 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4584 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4585 'args' => [ [
4586 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4587 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4588 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4589 // password") if it too fails.
4590 'authoritative' => true,
4591 ] ],
4592 'sort' => 100,
4593 ],
4594 ],
4595 'secondaryauth' => [
4596 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4597 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4598 'sort' => 0,
4599 ],
4600 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4601 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4602 'sort' => 100,
4603 ],
4604 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4605 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4606 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4607 // 'sort' => 100,
4608 // ],
4609 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4610 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4611 'sort' => 200,
4612 ],
4613 ],
4614 ];
4615
4616 /**
4617 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4618 *
4619 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4620 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4621 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4622 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4623 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4624 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4625 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4626 * that needs to do this.
4627 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4628 * the last X seconds.
4629 * - Come up with a third option.
4630 *
4631 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4632 * "X seconds".
4633 *
4634 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4635 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4636 * - LinkAccounts
4637 * - UnlinkAccount
4638 * - ChangeCredentials
4639 * - RemoveCredentials
4640 * - ChangeEmail
4641 *
4642 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4643 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4644 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4645 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4646 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4647 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4648 *
4649 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4650 *
4651 * @since 1.27
4652 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4653 */
4654 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4655 'default' => 300,
4656 ];
4657
4658 /**
4659 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4660 *
4661 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4662 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4663 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4664 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4665 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4666 *
4667 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4668 *
4669 * @since 1.27
4670 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4671 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4672 */
4673 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4674 'default' => true,
4675 ];
4676
4677 /**
4678 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4679 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4680 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4681 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4682 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4683 * @since 1.27
4684 * @var string[]
4685 */
4686 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4687 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4688 ];
4689
4690 /**
4691 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4692 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4693 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4694 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4695 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4696 * @since 1.27
4697 * @var string[]
4698 */
4699 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4700 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4701 ];
4702
4703 /**
4704 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4705 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4706 */
4707 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4708
4709 /**
4710 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4711 * words are allowed.
4712 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4713 */
4714 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4715
4716 /**
4717 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4718 *
4719 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4720 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4721 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4722 *
4723 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4724 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4725 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4726 */
4727 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4728
4729 /**
4730 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4731 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4732 * @since 1.23
4733 */
4734 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4735
4736 /**
4737 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4738 *
4739 * @since 1.24
4740 */
4741 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4742
4743 /**
4744 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4745 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4746 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4747 *
4748 * An advanced example:
4749 * @code
4750 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4751 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4752 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4753 * 'secrets' => [],
4754 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4755 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4756 * 'cost' => 5,
4757 * ];
4758 * @endcode
4759 *
4760 * @since 1.24
4761 */
4762 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4763 'A' => [
4764 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4765 ],
4766 'B' => [
4767 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4768 ],
4769 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4770 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4771 'types' => [
4772 'A',
4773 'pbkdf2',
4774 ],
4775 ],
4776 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4777 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4778 'types' => [
4779 'B',
4780 'pbkdf2',
4781 ],
4782 ],
4783 'bcrypt' => [
4784 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4785 'cost' => 9,
4786 ],
4787 'pbkdf2' => [
4788 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4789 'algo' => 'sha512',
4790 'cost' => '30000',
4791 'length' => '64',
4792 ],
4793 ];
4794
4795 /**
4796 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4797 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4798 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4799 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4800 */
4801 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4802 'username' => true,
4803 'email' => true,
4804 ];
4805
4806 /**
4807 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4808 */
4809 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4810
4811 /**
4812 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4813 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4814 */
4815 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4816
4817 /**
4818 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4819 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4820 */
4821 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4822 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4823 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4824 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4825 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4826 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4827 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4828 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4829 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4830 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4831 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4832 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4833 ];
4834
4835 /**
4836 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4837 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4838 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4839 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4840 */
4841 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4842 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4843 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4844 'date' => 'default',
4845 'diffonly' => 0,
4846 'disablemail' => 0,
4847 'editfont' => 'default',
4848 'editondblclick' => 0,
4849 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4850 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4851 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4852 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4853 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4854 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4855 'fancysig' => 0,
4856 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4857 'gender' => 'unknown',
4858 'hideminor' => 0,
4859 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4860 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4861 'imagesize' => 2,
4862 'math' => 1,
4863 'minordefault' => 0,
4864 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4865 'nickname' => '',
4866 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4867 'numberheadings' => 0,
4868 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4869 'previewontop' => 1,
4870 'rcdays' => 7,
4871 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4872 'rclimit' => 50,
4873 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4874 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4875 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4876 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4877 'skin' => false,
4878 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4879 'thumbsize' => 5,
4880 'underline' => 2,
4881 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4882 'usenewrc' => 1,
4883 'watchcreations' => 1,
4884 'watchdefault' => 1,
4885 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4886 'watchuploads' => 1,
4887 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4888 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4889 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4890 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4891 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4892 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4893 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4894 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4895 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4896 'watchmoves' => 0,
4897 'watchrollback' => 0,
4898 'wllimit' => 250,
4899 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4900 'prefershttps' => 1,
4901 ];
4902
4903 /**
4904 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4905 */
4906 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4907
4908 /**
4909 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4910 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4911 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4912 */
4913 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4914
4915 /**
4916 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4917 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4918 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4919 *
4920 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4921 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4922 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4923 */
4924 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4925
4926 /**
4927 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4928 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4929 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4930 * @since 1.17
4931 */
4932 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4933
4934 /**
4935 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4936 *
4937 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4938 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4939 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4940 *
4941 * @since 1.27
4942 * @var string|null
4943 */
4944 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4945
4946 /**
4947 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4948 *
4949 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4950 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4951 *
4952 * @since 1.27
4953 */
4954 $wgSessionProviders = [
4955 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4956 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4957 'args' => [ [
4958 'priority' => 30,
4959 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4960 ] ],
4961 ],
4962 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4963 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4964 'args' => [ [
4965 'priority' => 75,
4966 ] ],
4967 ],
4968 ];
4969
4970 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4971
4972 /************************************************************************//**
4973 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4974 * @{
4975 */
4976
4977 /**
4978 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4979 */
4980 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4981
4982 /**
4983 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4984 */
4985 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4986
4987 /**
4988 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4989 */
4990 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4991
4992 /**
4993 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4994 *
4995 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4996 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4997 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4998 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4999 *
5000 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5001 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5002 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5003 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5004 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5005 */
5006 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5007 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5008 'IPv6' => 19,
5009 ];
5010
5011 /**
5012 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5013 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5014 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5015 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5016 * anonymous visitors.
5017 */
5018 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5019
5020 /**
5021 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5022 *
5023 * @par Example:
5024 * @code
5025 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5026 * @endcode
5027 *
5028 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5029 *
5030 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5031 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5032 *
5033 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5034 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5035 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5036 */
5037 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5038
5039 /**
5040 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5041 *
5042 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5043 * is without underscore.
5044 *
5045 * @par Example:
5046 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5047 * @code
5048 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5049 * @endcode
5050 *
5051 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5052 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5053 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5054 *
5055 * @par Example:
5056 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5057 * @code
5058 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5059 * @endcode
5060 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5061 *
5062 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5063 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5064 */
5065 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5066
5067 /**
5068 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5069 * address before being allowed to edit?
5070 */
5071 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5072
5073 /**
5074 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5075 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5076 */
5077 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5078
5079 /**
5080 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5081 *
5082 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5083 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5084 *
5085 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5086 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5087 *
5088 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5089 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5090 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5091 * in in the user_groups table.
5092 *
5093 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5094 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5095 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5096 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5097 *
5098 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5099 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5100 *
5101 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5102 */
5103 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5104
5105 /** @cond file_level_code */
5106 // Implicit group for all visitors
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5120 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5121
5122 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5142
5143 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5146
5147 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5148 // from various log pages by default
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5157
5158 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5162 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5164 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5166 // can view deleted revision text
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5198 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5199 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5203
5204 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5207 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5208 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5209 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5211
5212 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5213 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5214 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5216 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5217 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5218 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5220 // For private suppression log access
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5222
5223 /**
5224 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5225 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5226 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5227 * server.
5228 */
5229 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5230
5231 /** @endcond */
5232
5233 /**
5234 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5235 *
5236 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5237 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5238 *
5239 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5240 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5241 */
5242 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5243
5244 /**
5245 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5246 */
5247 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5248
5249 /**
5250 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5251 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5252 *
5253 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5254 * group".
5255 *
5256 * @par Example:
5257 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5258 * @code
5259 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5260 * @endcode
5261 *
5262 * @par Example:
5263 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5264 * @code
5265 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5266 * @endcode
5267 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5268 * any group that they happen to be in.
5269 */
5270 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5271
5272 /**
5273 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5274 */
5275 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5276
5277 /**
5278 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5279 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5280 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5281 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5282 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5283 */
5284 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5285
5286 /**
5287 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5288 *
5289 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5290 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5291 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5292 *
5293 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5294 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5295 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5296 */
5297 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5298
5299 /**
5300 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5301 *
5302 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5303 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5304 *
5305 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5306 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5307 */
5308 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5309
5310 /**
5311 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5312 *
5313 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5314 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5315 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5316 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5317 * "semiprotected".
5318 *
5319 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5320 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5321 */
5322 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5323
5324 /**
5325 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5326 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5327 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5328 *
5329 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5330 */
5331 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5332
5333 /**
5334 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5335 *
5336 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5337 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5338 *
5339 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5340 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5341 */
5342 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5343
5344 /**
5345 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5346 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5347 * privileges of new accounts.
5348 *
5349 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5350 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5351 *
5352 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5353 *
5354 * @par Example:
5355 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5356 * @code
5357 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5358 * @endcode
5359 * Set age to one day:
5360 * @code
5361 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5362 * @endcode
5363 */
5364 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5365
5366 /**
5367 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5368 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5369 *
5370 * @par Example:
5371 * @code
5372 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5373 * @endcode
5374 */
5375 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5376
5377 /**
5378 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5379 *
5380 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5381 *
5382 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5383 * 'groupname' => cond,
5384 * 'group2' => cond2,
5385 * );
5386 *
5387 * A `cond` may be:
5388 * - a single condition without arguments:
5389 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5390 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5391 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5392 * - a single condition with arguments:
5393 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5394 * - a set of conditions:
5395 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5396 *
5397 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5398 * - `&` (**AND**):
5399 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5400 * - `|` (**OR**):
5401 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5402 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5403 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5404 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5405 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5406 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5407 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5408 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5409 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5410 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5411 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5412 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5413 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5414 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5415 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5416 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5417 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5418 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5419 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5420 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5421 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5422 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5423 * true if the user is blocked
5424 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5425 * true if the user is a bot
5426 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5427 *
5428 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5429 * linked by operands.
5430 *
5431 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5432 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5433 */
5434 $wgAutopromote = [
5435 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5436 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5437 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5438 ],
5439 ];
5440
5441 /**
5442 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5443 *
5444 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5445 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5446 *
5447 * The format is:
5448 * @code
5449 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5450 * @endcode
5451 * Where event is either:
5452 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5453 *
5454 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5455 *
5456 * @see $wgAutopromote
5457 * @since 1.18
5458 */
5459 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5460 'onEdit' => [],
5461 ];
5462
5463 /**
5464 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5465 * @since 1.18
5466 */
5467 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5468
5469 /**
5470 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5471 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5472 *
5473 * @par Example:
5474 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5475 * @code
5476 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5477 * @endcode
5478 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5479 * @code
5480 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5481 * @endcode
5482 * Sysops can make bots:
5483 * @code
5484 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5485 * @endcode
5486 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5487 * @code
5488 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5489 * @endcode
5490 */
5491 $wgAddGroups = [];
5492
5493 /**
5494 * @see $wgAddGroups
5495 */
5496 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5497
5498 /**
5499 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5500 * For extensions only.
5501 */
5502 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5503
5504 /**
5505 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5506 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5507 */
5508 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5509
5510 /**
5511 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5512 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5513 * This is limited for performance reason.
5514 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5515 * @since 1.23
5516 */
5517 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5518
5519 /**
5520 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5521 *
5522 * @par Example:
5523 * @code
5524 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5525 * // no more than 100 per month
5526 * [
5527 * 'count' => 100,
5528 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5529 * ],
5530 * // no more than 10 per day
5531 * [
5532 * 'count' => 10,
5533 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5534 * ],
5535 * ];
5536 * @endcode
5537 *
5538 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5539 */
5540 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5541 'count' => 0,
5542 'seconds' => 86400,
5543 ] ];
5544
5545 /**
5546 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5547 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5548 *
5549 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5550 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5551 *
5552 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5553 *
5554 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5555 */
5556 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5557
5558 /**
5559 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5560 */
5561 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5562
5563 /**
5564 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5565 * proxies
5566 * @since 1.16
5567 */
5568 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5569
5570 /**
5571 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5572 *
5573 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5574 * the blacklist require a key).
5575 *
5576 * @par Example:
5577 * @code
5578 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5579 * // String containing URL
5580 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5581 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5582 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5583 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5584 * // just use a string as shown above
5585 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5586 * ];
5587 * @endcode
5588 *
5589 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5590 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5591 * @since 1.16
5592 */
5593 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5594
5595 /**
5596 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5597 * what the other methods might say.
5598 */
5599 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5600
5601 /**
5602 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5603 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5604 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5605 * @since 1.29
5606 * @var string[]
5607 */
5608 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5609
5610 /**
5611 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5612 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5613 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5614 */
5615 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5616
5617 /**
5618 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5619 *
5620 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5621 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5622 * elapses.
5623 *
5624 * @par Example:
5625 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5626 * @code
5627 * $wgRateLimits = [
5628 * 'edit' => [
5629 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5630 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5631 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5632 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5633 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5634 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5635 * ]
5636 * ];
5637 * @endcode
5638 *
5639 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5640 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5641 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5642 * @code
5643 * $wgRateLimits = [
5644 * 'some-action' => [
5645 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5646 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5647 * ];
5648 * @endcode
5649 *
5650 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5651 */
5652 $wgRateLimits = [
5653 // Page edits
5654 'edit' => [
5655 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5656 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5657 ],
5658 // Page moves
5659 'move' => [
5660 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5661 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5662 ],
5663 // File uploads
5664 'upload' => [
5665 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5666 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5667 ],
5668 // Page rollbacks
5669 'rollback' => [
5670 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5671 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5672 ],
5673 // Triggering password resets emails
5674 'mailpassword' => [
5675 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5676 ],
5677 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5678 'emailuser' => [
5679 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5680 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5681 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5682 ],
5683 // Purging pages
5684 'purge' => [
5685 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5686 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5687 ],
5688 // Purges of link tables
5689 'linkpurge' => [
5690 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5691 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5692 ],
5693 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5694 'renderfile' => [
5695 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5696 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5697 ],
5698 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5699 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5700 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5701 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5702 ],
5703 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5704 'stashedit' => [
5705 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5706 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5707 ],
5708 // Adding or removing change tags
5709 'changetag' => [
5710 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5711 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5712 ],
5713 // Changing the content model of a page
5714 'editcontentmodel' => [
5715 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5716 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5717 ],
5718 ];
5719
5720 /**
5721 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5722 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5723 */
5724 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5725
5726 /**
5727 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5728 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5729 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5730 */
5731 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5732
5733 /**
5734 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5735 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5736 */
5737 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5738
5739 /**
5740 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5741 *
5742 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5743 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5744 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5745 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5746 *
5747 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5748 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5749 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5750 */
5751 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5752 // Short term limit
5753 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5754 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5755 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5756 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5757 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5758 ];
5759
5760 /**
5761 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5762 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5763 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5764 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5765 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5766 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5767 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5768 * @since 1.27
5769 */
5770 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5771
5772 // @TODO: clean up grants
5773 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5774
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5776 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5785
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5790
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5795
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5798
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5802
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5804
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5809
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5817
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5820
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5829
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5831
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5834
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5838
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5840
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5853
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5855
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5857
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5859
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5861
5862 /**
5863 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5864 * @since 1.27
5865 */
5866 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5867 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5868 'basic' => 'hidden',
5869
5870 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5871 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5872 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5873 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5874
5875 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5876 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5877
5878 'sendemail' => 'email',
5879
5880 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5881 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5882
5883 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5884 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5885
5886 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5887 'rollback' => 'administration',
5888 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5889 'delete' => 'administration',
5890 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5891 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5892 'protect' => 'administration',
5893 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5894
5895 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5896
5897 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5898 ];
5899
5900 /**
5901 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5902 * @since 1.27
5903 */
5904 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5905
5906 /**
5907 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5908 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5909 * @since 1.27
5910 */
5911 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5912
5913 /**
5914 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5915 *
5916 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5917 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5918 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5919 * @since 1.27
5920 */
5921 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5922
5923 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5924
5925 /************************************************************************//**
5926 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5927 * @{
5928 */
5929
5930 /**
5931 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5932 */
5933 $wgSecretKey = false;
5934
5935 /**
5936 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5937 *
5938 * This can have the following formats:
5939 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5940 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5941 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5942 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5943 */
5944 $wgProxyList = [];
5945
5946 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5947
5948 /************************************************************************//**
5949 * @name Cookie settings
5950 * @{
5951 */
5952
5953 /**
5954 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5955 */
5956 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5957
5958 /**
5959 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5960 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5961 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5962 * login cookies session-only.
5963 */
5964 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5965
5966 /**
5967 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5968 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5969 */
5970 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5971
5972 /**
5973 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5974 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5975 */
5976 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5977
5978 /**
5979 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5980 * - true: Set secure flag
5981 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5982 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5983 */
5984 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5985
5986 /**
5987 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5988 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5989 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5990 * check.
5991 */
5992 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5993
5994 /**
5995 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5996 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5997 * name to be used as a prefix.
5998 */
5999 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6000
6001 /**
6002 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6003 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6004 * XSS attack.
6005 */
6006 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6007
6008 /**
6009 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6010 */
6011 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6012
6013 /**
6014 * Override to customise the session name
6015 */
6016 $wgSessionName = false;
6017
6018 /**
6019 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6020 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6021 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6022 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6023 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6024 */
6025 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6026
6027 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6028
6029 /************************************************************************//**
6030 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6031 * @{
6032 */
6033
6034 /**
6035 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6036 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6037 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6038 * Please see math/README for more information.
6039 */
6040 $wgUseTeX = false;
6041
6042 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6043
6044 /************************************************************************//**
6045 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6046 *
6047 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6048 *
6049 * @{
6050 */
6051
6052 /**
6053 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6054 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6055 * may contain private data.
6056 */
6057 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6058
6059 /**
6060 * Prefix for debug log lines
6061 */
6062 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6063
6064 /**
6065 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6066 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6067 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6068 */
6069 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6070
6071 /**
6072 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6073 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6074 * and gen=js requests.
6075 */
6076 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6077
6078 /**
6079 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6080 *
6081 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6082 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6083 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6084 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6085 */
6086 $wgDebugComments = false;
6087
6088 /**
6089 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6090 *
6091 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6092 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6093 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6094 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6095 */
6096 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6097
6098 /**
6099 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6100 *
6101 * @since 1.26
6102 */
6103 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6104 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6105 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6106 'GET' => [
6107 'masterConns' => 0,
6108 'writes' => 0,
6109 'readQueryTime' => 5
6110 ],
6111 // HTTP POST requests.
6112 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6113 'POST' => [
6114 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6115 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6116 'maxAffected' => 1000
6117 ],
6118 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6119 'masterConns' => 0,
6120 'writes' => 0,
6121 'readQueryTime' => 5
6122 ],
6123 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6124 'PostSend' => [
6125 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6126 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6127 'maxAffected' => 1000
6128 ],
6129 // Background job runner
6130 'JobRunner' => [
6131 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6132 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6133 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6134 ],
6135 // Command-line scripts
6136 'Maintenance' => [
6137 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6138 'maxAffected' => 1000
6139 ]
6140 ];
6141
6142 /**
6143 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6144 *
6145 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6146 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6147 * in production.
6148 *
6149 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6150 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6151 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6152 * - associative array with keys:
6153 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6154 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6155 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6156 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6157 *
6158 * @par Example:
6159 * @code
6160 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6161 * @endcode
6162 *
6163 * @par Advanced example:
6164 * @code
6165 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6166 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6167 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6168 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6169 * ];
6170 * @endcode
6171 */
6172 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6173
6174 /**
6175 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6176 *
6177 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6178 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6179 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6180 * details.
6181 *
6182 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6183 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6184 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6185 *
6186 * @par To completely disable logging:
6187 * @code
6188 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6189 * @endcode
6190 *
6191 * @since 1.25
6192 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6193 * @see MwLogger
6194 */
6195 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6196 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6197 ];
6198
6199 /**
6200 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6201 *
6202 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6203 */
6204 $wgShowDebug = false;
6205
6206 /**
6207 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6208 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6209 */
6210 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6211
6212 /**
6213 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6214 */
6215 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6216
6217 /**
6218 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6219 */
6220 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6221
6222 /**
6223 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6224 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6225 * to an attacker.
6226 */
6227 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6228
6229 /**
6230 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6231 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6232 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6233 * formatting.
6234 */
6235 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6236
6237 /**
6238 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6239 *
6240 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6241 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6242 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6243 * exception handler.
6244 */
6245 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6246
6247 /**
6248 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6249 */
6250 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6251
6252 /**
6253 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6254 */
6255 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6259 * Should be a string, default false.
6260 * @since 1.20
6261 */
6262 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6263
6264 /**
6265 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6266 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6267 */
6268 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6269
6270 /**
6271 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6272 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6273 * after the limit.
6274 */
6275 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6276
6277 /**
6278 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6279 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6280 */
6281 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6282
6283 /**
6284 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6285 *
6286 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6287 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6288 */
6289 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6290
6291 /**
6292 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6293 *
6294 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6295 *
6296 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6297 *
6298 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6299 * @since 1.25
6300 */
6301 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6305 *
6306 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6307 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6308 * @since 1.25
6309 */
6310 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6311
6312 /**
6313 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6314 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6315 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6316 * @since 1.28
6317 */
6318 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6319
6320 /**
6321 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6322 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6323 * templates.
6324 */
6325 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6326
6327 /**
6328 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6329 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6330 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6331 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6332 */
6333 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6334
6335 /**
6336 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6337 * filename is passed to it.
6338 *
6339 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6340 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6341 *
6342 * Use full paths.
6343 */
6344 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6345 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6346 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6347 ];
6348
6349 /**
6350 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6351 */
6352 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6356 * @since 1.19
6357 */
6358 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6359
6360 /**
6361 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6362 * queries and other useful output.
6363 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6364 *
6365 * @since 1.19
6366 */
6367 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6368
6369 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6370
6371 /************************************************************************//**
6372 * @name Search
6373 * @{
6374 */
6375
6376 /**
6377 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6378 */
6379 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6380
6381 /**
6382 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6383 * by default off due to execution overhead
6384 */
6385 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6386
6387 /**
6388 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6389 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6390 */
6391 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6392
6393 /**
6394 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6395 *
6396 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6397 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6398 *
6399 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6400 *
6401 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6402 */
6403 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6404
6405 /**
6406 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6407 *
6408 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6409 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6410 *
6411 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6412 */
6413 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6414 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6415 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6416 ];
6417
6418 /**
6419 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6420 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6421 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6422 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6423 */
6424 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6425
6426 /**
6427 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6428 * OpenSearch call.
6429 */
6430 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6431
6432 /**
6433 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6434 */
6435 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6436
6437 /**
6438 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6439 */
6440 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6441
6442 /**
6443 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6444 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6445 */
6446 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6447
6448 /**
6449 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6450 *
6451 * @par Example:
6452 * @code
6453 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6454 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6455 * @endcode
6456 */
6457 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6458 NS_MAIN => true,
6459 ];
6460
6461 /**
6462 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6463 * implemented by an extension instead.
6464 */
6465 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6466
6467 /**
6468 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6469 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6470 * search term.
6471 *
6472 * @par Example:
6473 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6474 * @code
6475 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6476 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6477 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6478 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6479 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6480 * @endcode
6481 */
6482 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6483
6484 /**
6485 * Search form behavior.
6486 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6487 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6488 */
6489 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6490
6491 /**
6492 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6493 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6494 * generated for all namespaces.
6495 */
6496 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6497
6498 /**
6499 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6500 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6501 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6502 *
6503 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6504 * @par Example:
6505 * @code
6506 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6507 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6508 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6509 * ];
6510 * @endcode
6511 */
6512 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6513
6514 /**
6515 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6516 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6517 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6518 */
6519 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6520
6521 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6522
6523 /************************************************************************//**
6524 * @name Edit user interface
6525 * @{
6526 */
6527
6528 /**
6529 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6530 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6531 */
6532 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6533
6534 /**
6535 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6536 */
6537 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6538
6539 /**
6540 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6541 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6542 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6543 */
6544 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6545 NS_CATEGORY => true
6546 ];
6547
6548 /**
6549 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6550 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6551 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6552 */
6553 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6554
6555 /**
6556 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6557 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6558 * ting this variable false.
6559 */
6560 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6561
6562 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6563
6564 /************************************************************************//**
6565 * @name Maintenance
6566 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6567 * @{
6568 */
6569
6570 /**
6571 * @cond file_level_code
6572 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6573 */
6574 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6575 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6576 }
6577 /** @endcond */
6578
6579 /**
6580 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6581 */
6582 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6583
6584 /**
6585 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6586 * used as an explanation to users.
6587 *
6588 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6589 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6590 * option in MySQL.
6591 */
6592 $wgReadOnly = null;
6593
6594 /**
6595 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6596 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6597 * message.
6598 *
6599 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6600 */
6601 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6602
6603 /**
6604 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6605 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6606 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6607 *
6608 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6609 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6610 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6611 */
6612 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6613
6614 /**
6615 * Fully specified path to git binary
6616 */
6617 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6618
6619 /**
6620 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6621 *
6622 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6623 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6624 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6625 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6626 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6627 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6628 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6629 *
6630 * @since 1.20
6631 */
6632 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6633 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6634 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6635 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6636 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6637 ];
6638
6639 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6640
6641 /************************************************************************//**
6642 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6643 * @{
6644 */
6645
6646 /**
6647 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6648 * seconds will go.
6649 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6650 */
6651 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6652
6653 /**
6654 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6655 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6656 * @since 1.26
6657 */
6658 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6659
6660 /**
6661 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6662 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6663 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6664 * @since 1.26
6665 */
6666 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6667
6668 /**
6669 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6670 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6671 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6672 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6673 * is still there.
6674 */
6675 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6676
6677 /**
6678 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6679 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6680 */
6681 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6682
6683 /**
6684 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6685 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6686 */
6687 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6688
6689 /**
6690 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6691 *
6692 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6693 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6694 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6695 *
6696 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6697 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6698 * passed to the constructor.
6699 *
6700 * Common options:
6701 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6702 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6703 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6704 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6705 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6706 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6707 *
6708 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6709 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6710 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6711 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6712 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6713 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6714 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6715 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6716 *
6717 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6718 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6719 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6720 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6721 *
6722 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6723 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6724 *
6725 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6726 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6727 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6728 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6729 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6730 * ];
6731 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6732 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6733 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6734 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6735 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6736 * ];
6737 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6738 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6739 * ];
6740 * @since 1.22
6741 */
6742 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6743
6744 /**
6745 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6746 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6747 * @since 1.22
6748 */
6749 $wgRCEngines = [
6750 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6751 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6752 ];
6753
6754 /**
6755 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6756 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6757 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6758 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6759 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6760 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6761 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6762 *
6763 * @since 1.27
6764 */
6765 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6766
6767 /**
6768 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6769 * New pages and new files are included.
6770 */
6771 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6772
6773 /**
6774 * Whether to allow users to save their RecentChanges filters
6775 */
6776 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableSaving = true;
6777
6778 /**
6779 * Whether to show the new experimental views (like namespaces, tags, and users) in
6780 * RecentChanges filters
6781 */
6782 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableExperimentalViews = false;
6783
6784 /**
6785 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6786 */
6787 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6788
6789 /**
6790 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6791 *
6792 * @since 1.27
6793 */
6794 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6795
6796 /**
6797 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6798 */
6799 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6800
6801 /**
6802 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6803 */
6804 $wgFeed = true;
6805
6806 /**
6807 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6808 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6809 */
6810 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6811
6812 /**
6813 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6814 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6815 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6816 *
6817 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6818 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6819 */
6820 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6821
6822 /**
6823 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6824 * pages larger than this size.
6825 */
6826 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6827
6828 /**
6829 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6830 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6831 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6832 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6833 * as value.
6834 * @par Example:
6835 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6836 * @code
6837 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6838 * @endcode
6839 */
6840 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6841
6842 /**
6843 * Available feeds objects.
6844 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6845 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6846 */
6847 $wgFeedClasses = [
6848 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6849 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6850 ];
6851
6852 /**
6853 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6854 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6855 */
6856 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6857
6858 /**
6859 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6860 */
6861 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6862
6863 /**
6864 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6865 */
6866 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6867
6868 /**
6869 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6870 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6871 * highlighted on the RC page.
6872 */
6873 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6877 * view for watched pages with new changes
6878 */
6879 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6880
6881 /**
6882 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6883 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6884 */
6885 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6886
6887 /**
6888 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6889 */
6890 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6891
6892 /**
6893 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6894 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6895 */
6896 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6897
6898 /**
6899 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6900 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6901 * watchers.
6902 *
6903 * @since 1.21
6904 */
6905 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6906
6907 /**
6908 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6909 * certain types of edits.
6910 *
6911 * To register a new one:
6912 * @code
6913 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6914 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6915 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6916 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6917 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6918 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6919 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6920 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6921 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6922 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6923 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6924 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6925 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6926 * ];
6927 * @endcode
6928 *
6929 * @since 1.22
6930 */
6931 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6932 'newpage' => [
6933 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6934 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6935 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6936 'grouping' => 'any',
6937 ],
6938 'minor' => [
6939 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6940 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6941 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6942 'class' => 'minoredit',
6943 'grouping' => 'all',
6944 ],
6945 'bot' => [
6946 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6947 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6948 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6949 'class' => 'botedit',
6950 'grouping' => 'all',
6951 ],
6952 'unpatrolled' => [
6953 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6954 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6955 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6956 'grouping' => 'any',
6957 ],
6958 ];
6959
6960 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6961
6962 /************************************************************************//**
6963 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6964 * @{
6965 */
6966
6967 /**
6968 * Override for copyright metadata.
6969 *
6970 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6971 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6972 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6973 */
6974 $wgRightsPage = null;
6975
6976 /**
6977 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6978 * wiki.
6979 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6980 */
6981 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6982
6983 /**
6984 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6985 * link.
6986 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6987 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6988 */
6989 $wgRightsText = null;
6990
6991 /**
6992 * Override for copyright metadata.
6993 */
6994 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6995
6996 /**
6997 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6998 */
6999 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7000
7001 /**
7002 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7003 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7004 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7005 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7006 * large wikis.
7007 */
7008 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7009
7010 /**
7011 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7012 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7013 */
7014 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7015
7016 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7017
7018 /************************************************************************//**
7019 * @name Import / Export
7020 * @{
7021 */
7022
7023 /**
7024 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7025 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7026 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7027 *
7028 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7029 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7030 * e.g.
7031 * @code
7032 * $wgImportSources = [
7033 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7034 * 'wikispecies',
7035 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7036 * ];
7037 * @endcode
7038 *
7039 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7040 * the ImportSources hook.
7041 *
7042 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7043 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7044 */
7045 $wgImportSources = [];
7046
7047 /**
7048 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7049 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7050 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7051 *
7052 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7053 */
7054 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7055
7056 /**
7057 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7058 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7059 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7060 */
7061 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7062
7063 /**
7064 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7065 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7066 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7067 */
7068 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7069
7070 /**
7071 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7072 */
7073 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7074
7075 /**
7076 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7077 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7078 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7079 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7080 * it's disabled by default for now.
7081 *
7082 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7083 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7084 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7085 */
7086 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7087
7088 /**
7089 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7090 */
7091 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7092
7093 /**
7094 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7095 */
7096 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7097
7098 /**
7099 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7100 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7101 *
7102 * @since 1.27
7103 */
7104 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7105
7106 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7107
7108 /*************************************************************************//**
7109 * @name Extensions
7110 * @{
7111 */
7112
7113 /**
7114 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7115 * initialised
7116 */
7117 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7118
7119 /**
7120 * Extension messages files.
7121 *
7122 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7123 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7124 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7125 * is the most common.
7126 *
7127 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7128 * in the core.
7129 *
7130 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7131 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7132 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7133 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7134 *
7135 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7136 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7137 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7138 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7139 *
7140 * @par Example:
7141 * @code
7142 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7143 * @endcode
7144 */
7145 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7146
7147 /**
7148 * Extension messages directories.
7149 *
7150 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7151 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7152 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7153 * message directories.
7154 *
7155 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7156 *
7157 * @par Simple example:
7158 * @code
7159 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7160 * @endcode
7161 *
7162 * @par Complex example:
7163 * @code
7164 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7165 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7166 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7167 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7168 * ]
7169 * @endcode
7170 * @since 1.23
7171 */
7172 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7173
7174 /**
7175 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7176 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7177 * @since 1.22
7178 */
7179 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7180
7181 /**
7182 * Parser output hooks.
7183 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7184 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7185 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7186 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7187 *
7188 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7189 *
7190 * The callback has the form:
7191 * @code
7192 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7193 * @endcode
7194 */
7195 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7196
7197 /**
7198 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7199 */
7200 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7201
7202 /**
7203 * List of valid skin names
7204 *
7205 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7206 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7207 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7208 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7209 */
7210 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7211
7212 /**
7213 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7214 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7215 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7216 * SpecialPage.
7217 */
7218 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7219
7220 /**
7221 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7222 */
7223 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7224
7225 /**
7226 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7227 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7228 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7229 */
7230 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7231
7232 /**
7233 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7234 *
7235 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7236 *
7237 * @code
7238 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7239 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7240 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7241 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7242 * 'author' => [
7243 * 'Foo Barstein',
7244 * ],
7245 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7246 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7247 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7248 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7249 * ];
7250 * @endcode
7251 *
7252 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7253 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7254 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7255 * interpreted as wikitext.
7256 *
7257 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7258 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7259 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7260 *
7261 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7262 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7263 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7264 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7265 *
7266 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7267 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7268 * usually are.)
7269 *
7270 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7271 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7272 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7273 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7274 *
7275 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7276 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7277 *
7278 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7279 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7280 *
7281 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7282 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7283 */
7284 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7285
7286 /**
7287 * Authentication plugin.
7288 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7289 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7290 */
7291 $wgAuth = null;
7292
7293 /**
7294 * Global list of hooks.
7295 *
7296 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7297 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7298 * internally by Hook:run().
7299 *
7300 * The value can be one of:
7301 *
7302 * - A function name:
7303 * @code
7304 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7305 * @endcode
7306 * - A function with some data:
7307 * @code
7308 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7309 * @endcode
7310 * - A an object method:
7311 * @code
7312 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7313 * @endcode
7314 * - A closure:
7315 * @code
7316 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7317 * // Handler code goes here.
7318 * };
7319 * @endcode
7320 *
7321 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7322 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7323 *
7324 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7325 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7326 */
7327 $wgHooks = [];
7328
7329 /**
7330 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7331 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7332 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7333 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7334 * hook for that.
7335 *
7336 * @see MediaWikiServices
7337 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7338 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7339 */
7340 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7341 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7342 ];
7343
7344 /**
7345 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7346 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7347 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7348 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7349 */
7350 $wgJobClasses = [
7351 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7352 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7353 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7354 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7355 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7356 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7357 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7358 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7359 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7360 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7361 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7362 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7363 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7364 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7365 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7366 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7367 'null' => 'NullJob'
7368 ];
7369
7370 /**
7371 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7372 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7373 *
7374 * These can be:
7375 * - Very long-running jobs.
7376 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7377 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7378 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7379 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7380 */
7381 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7382
7383 /**
7384 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7385 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7386 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7387 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7388 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7389 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7390 * @var float[]
7391 */
7392 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7393
7394 /**
7395 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7396 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7397 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7398 *
7399 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7400 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7401 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7402 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7403 *
7404 * @var float|bool
7405 * @since 1.26
7406 */
7407 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7408
7409 /**
7410 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7411 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7412 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7413 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7414 */
7415 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7416 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7417 ];
7418
7419 /**
7420 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7421 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7422 */
7423 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7424 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7425 ];
7426
7427 /**
7428 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7429 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7430 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7431 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7432 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7433 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7434 * that limit is hit.
7435 *
7436 * @since 1.29
7437 */
7438 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7439
7440 /**
7441 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7442 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7443 */
7444 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7445 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7446 ];
7447
7448 /**
7449 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7450 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7451 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7452 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7453 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7454 */
7455 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7456 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7457 ];
7458
7459 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7460
7461 /*************************************************************************//**
7462 * @name Categories
7463 * @{
7464 */
7465
7466 /**
7467 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7468 */
7469 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7470
7471 /**
7472 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7473 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7474 */
7475 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7476
7477 /**
7478 * Paging limit for categories
7479 */
7480 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7481
7482 /**
7483 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7484 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7485 *
7486 * Available values are:
7487 *
7488 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7489 *
7490 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7491 *
7492 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7493 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7494 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7495 *
7496 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7497 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7498 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7499 * server.
7500 *
7501 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7502 * the sort keys in the database.
7503 *
7504 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7505 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7506 */
7507 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7508
7509 /** @} */ # End categories }
7510
7511 /*************************************************************************//**
7512 * @name Logging
7513 * @{
7514 */
7515
7516 /**
7517 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7518 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7519 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7520 * log type.
7521 */
7522 $wgLogTypes = [
7523 '',
7524 'block',
7525 'protect',
7526 'rights',
7527 'delete',
7528 'upload',
7529 'move',
7530 'import',
7531 'patrol',
7532 'merge',
7533 'suppress',
7534 'tag',
7535 'managetags',
7536 'contentmodel',
7537 ];
7538
7539 /**
7540 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7541 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7542 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7543 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7544 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7545 */
7546 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7547 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7548 ];
7549
7550 /**
7551 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7552 *
7553 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7554 *
7555 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7556 *
7557 * @par Example:
7558 * @code
7559 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7560 * @endcode
7561 *
7562 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7563 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7564 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7565 *
7566 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7567 * for the link text.
7568 */
7569 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7570 'patrol' => true,
7571 'tag' => true,
7572 ];
7573
7574 /**
7575 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7576 * will be listed in the user interface.
7577 *
7578 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7579 *
7580 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7581 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7582 */
7583 $wgLogNames = [
7584 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7585 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7586 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7587 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7588 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7589 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7590 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7591 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7592 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7593 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7594 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7595 ];
7596
7597 /**
7598 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7599 * top of each log type.
7600 *
7601 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7602 *
7603 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7604 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7605 */
7606 $wgLogHeaders = [
7607 '' => 'alllogstext',
7608 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7609 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7610 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7611 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7612 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7613 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7614 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7615 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7616 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7617 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7618 ];
7619
7620 /**
7621 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7622 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7623 *
7624 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7625 */
7626 $wgLogActions = [];
7627
7628 /**
7629 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7630 * not messages.
7631 * @see LogPage::actionText
7632 * @see LogFormatter
7633 */
7634 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7635 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7636 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7637 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7638 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7639 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7640 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7641 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7642 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7643 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7644 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7645 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7646 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7647 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7648 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7649 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7650 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7651 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7652 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7653 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7654 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7655 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7656 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7657 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7658 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7659 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7660 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7661 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7662 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7663 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7664 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7665 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7666 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7667 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7668 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7669 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7670 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7671 ];
7672
7673 /**
7674 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7675 *
7676 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7677 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7678 * Extensions may append to this array
7679 * @since 1.27
7680 */
7681 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7682 'block' => [
7683 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7684 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7685 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7686 ],
7687 'contentmodel' => [
7688 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7689 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7690 ],
7691 'delete' => [
7692 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7693 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7694 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7695 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7696 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7697 ],
7698 'import' => [
7699 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7700 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7701 ],
7702 'managetags' => [
7703 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7704 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7705 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7706 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7707 ],
7708 'move' => [
7709 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7710 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7711 ],
7712 'newusers' => [
7713 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7714 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7715 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7716 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7717 ],
7718 'patrol' => [
7719 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7720 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7721 ],
7722 'protect' => [
7723 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7724 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7725 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7726 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7727 ],
7728 'rights' => [
7729 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7730 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7731 ],
7732 'suppress' => [
7733 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7734 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7735 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7736 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7737 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7738 ],
7739 'upload' => [
7740 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7741 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7742 ],
7743 ];
7744
7745 /**
7746 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7747 */
7748 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7749
7750 /** @} */ # end logging }
7751
7752 /*************************************************************************//**
7753 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7754 * @{
7755 */
7756
7757 /**
7758 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7759 */
7760 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7761
7762 /**
7763 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7764 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7765 */
7766 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7767
7768 /**
7769 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7770 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7771 */
7772 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7773
7774 /**
7775 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7776 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7777 */
7778 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7779
7780 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7781
7782 /*************************************************************************//**
7783 * @name Actions
7784 * @{
7785 */
7786
7787 /**
7788 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7789 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7790 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7791 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7792 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7793 * instead of the default class.
7794 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7795 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7796 */
7797 $wgActions = [
7798 'credits' => true,
7799 'delete' => true,
7800 'edit' => true,
7801 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7802 'history' => true,
7803 'info' => true,
7804 'markpatrolled' => true,
7805 'protect' => true,
7806 'purge' => true,
7807 'raw' => true,
7808 'render' => true,
7809 'revert' => true,
7810 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7811 'rollback' => true,
7812 'submit' => true,
7813 'unprotect' => true,
7814 'unwatch' => true,
7815 'view' => true,
7816 'watch' => true,
7817 ];
7818
7819 /** @} */ # end actions }
7820
7821 /*************************************************************************//**
7822 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7823 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7824 * @{
7825 */
7826
7827 /**
7828 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7829 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7830 * basis.
7831 */
7832 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7833
7834 /**
7835 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7836 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7837 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7838 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7839 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7840 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7841 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7842 *
7843 * @par Example:
7844 * @code
7845 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7846 * @endcode
7847 */
7848 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7849
7850 /**
7851 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7852 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7853 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7854 *
7855 * @par Example:
7856 * @code
7857 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7858 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7859 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7860 * ];
7861 * @endcode
7862 *
7863 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7864 * forms:
7865 * @code
7866 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7867 * # Underscore, not space!
7868 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7869 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7870 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7871 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7872 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7873 * ];
7874 * @endcode
7875 */
7876 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7877
7878 /**
7879 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7880 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7881 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7882 *
7883 * @par Example:
7884 * @code
7885 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7886 * @endcode
7887 */
7888 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7889
7890 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7891
7892 /************************************************************************//**
7893 * @name AJAX and API
7894 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7895 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7896 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7897 * @{
7898 */
7899
7900 /**
7901 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7902 * machine-readable data via api.php
7903 *
7904 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7905 */
7906 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7907
7908 /**
7909 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7910 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7911 * accesses it
7912 */
7913 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7914
7915 /**
7916 *
7917 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7918 *
7919 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7920 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7921 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7922 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7923 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7924 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7925 * requiring POST.
7926 *
7927 * @since 1.21
7928 */
7929 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7930
7931 /**
7932 * API module extensions.
7933 *
7934 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7935 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7936 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7937 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7938 *
7939 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7940 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7941 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7942 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7943 * field.
7944 *
7945 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7946 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7947 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7948 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7949 *
7950 * Examples for registering API modules:
7951 *
7952 * @code
7953 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7954 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7955 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7956 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7957 * ];
7958 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7959 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7960 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7961 * ];
7962 * @endcode
7963 *
7964 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7965 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7966 */
7967 $wgAPIModules = [];
7968
7969 /**
7970 * API format module extensions.
7971 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7972 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7973 *
7974 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7975 */
7976 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7977
7978 /**
7979 * API Query meta module extensions.
7980 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7981 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7982 *
7983 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7984 */
7985 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7986
7987 /**
7988 * API Query prop module extensions.
7989 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7990 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7991 *
7992 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7993 */
7994 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7995
7996 /**
7997 * API Query list module extensions.
7998 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7999 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8000 *
8001 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8002 */
8003 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8004
8005 /**
8006 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8007 * The default value is generally fine
8008 */
8009 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8010
8011 /**
8012 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8013 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8014 */
8015 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8016
8017 /**
8018 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8019 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8020 */
8021 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8022
8023 /**
8024 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8025 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8026 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8027 */
8028 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8029
8030 /**
8031 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8032 * API request logging
8033 */
8034 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8035
8036 /**
8037 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8038 */
8039 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8040
8041 /**
8042 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8043 * API queries.
8044 */
8045 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8046 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8047 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8048 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8049 ];
8050
8051 /**
8052 * Enable AJAX framework
8053 */
8054 $wgUseAjax = true;
8055
8056 /**
8057 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8058 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8059 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8060 */
8061 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8062
8063 /**
8064 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8065 */
8066 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8067
8068 /**
8069 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8070 */
8071 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8072
8073 /**
8074 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8075 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8076 */
8077 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8078
8079 /**
8080 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8081 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8082 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8083 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8084 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8085 *
8086 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8087 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8088 *
8089 * @par Example:
8090 * @code
8091 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8092 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8093 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8094 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8095 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8096 * ];
8097 * @endcode
8098 */
8099 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8100
8101 /**
8102 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8103 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8104 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8105 */
8106 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8107
8108 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8109
8110 /************************************************************************//**
8111 * @name Shell and process control
8112 * @{
8113 */
8114
8115 /**
8116 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8117 */
8118 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8119
8120 /**
8121 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8122 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8123 */
8124 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8125
8126 /**
8127 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8128 */
8129 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8130
8131 /**
8132 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8133 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8134 */
8135 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8136
8137 /**
8138 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8139 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8140 *
8141 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8142 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8143 * them segfault or deadlock.
8144 *
8145 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8146 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8147 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8148 *
8149 * @par Example:
8150 * @code
8151 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8152 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8153 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8154 * @endcode
8155 *
8156 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8157 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8158 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8159 */
8160 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8161
8162 /**
8163 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8164 */
8165 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8166
8167 /**
8168 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8169 *
8170 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8171 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8172 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8173 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8174 *
8175 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8176 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8177 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8178 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8179 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8180 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8181 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8182 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8183 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8184 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8185 * decimal separator)
8186 *
8187 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8188 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8189 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8190 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8191 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8192 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8193 * displayed to the user.
8194 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8195 * date/time values.
8196 *
8197 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8198 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8199 * wikis.
8200 */
8201 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8202
8203 /** @} */ # End shell }
8204
8205 /************************************************************************//**
8206 * @name HTTP client
8207 * @{
8208 */
8209
8210 /**
8211 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8212 */
8213 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8214
8215 /**
8216 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8217 * @since 1.29
8218 */
8219 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8220
8221 /**
8222 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8223 */
8224 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8225
8226 /**
8227 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8228 */
8229 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8230
8231 /**
8232 * Local virtual hosts.
8233 *
8234 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8235 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8236 * then no proxy will be used.
8237 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8238 * proxy if it is configured.
8239 * @since 1.25
8240 */
8241 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8242
8243 /**
8244 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8245 * Only works for curl
8246 */
8247 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8248
8249 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8250
8251 /************************************************************************//**
8252 * @name Job queue
8253 * @{
8254 */
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8258 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8259 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8260 * be run periodically.
8261 */
8262 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8263
8264 /**
8265 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8266 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8267 * execution finishes.
8268 *
8269 * @since 1.23
8270 */
8271 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8272
8273 /**
8274 * Number of rows to update per job
8275 */
8276 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8277
8278 /**
8279 * Number of rows to update per query
8280 */
8281 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8282
8283 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8284
8285 /************************************************************************//**
8286 * @name Miscellaneous
8287 * @{
8288 */
8289
8290 /**
8291 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8292 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8293 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8294 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8295 */
8296 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8297
8298 /**
8299 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8300 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8301 *
8302 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8303 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8304 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8305 */
8306 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8307
8308 /**
8309 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8310 * For debugging
8311 */
8312 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8313
8314 /**
8315 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8316 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8317 */
8318 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8319
8320 /**
8321 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8322 */
8323 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8324
8325 /**
8326 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8327 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8328 */
8329 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8330
8331 /**
8332 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8333 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8334 */
8335 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8336
8337 /**
8338 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8339 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8340 *
8341 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8342 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8343 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8344 * parameters.
8345 *
8346 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8347 * @code
8348 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8349 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8350 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8351 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8352 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8353 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8354 * 'redisConfig' => []
8355 * ] ];
8356 * @endcode
8357 *
8358 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8359 * @code
8360 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8361 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8362 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8363 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8364 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8365 * ... any extension-specific options...
8366 * ] ];
8367 * @endcode
8368 */
8369 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8370
8371 /**
8372 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8373 */
8374 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8375
8376 /**
8377 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8378 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8379 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8380 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8381 *
8382 * @since 1.21
8383 */
8384 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8385
8386 /**
8387 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8388 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8389 *
8390 * * 'ignore': return null
8391 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8392 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8393 *
8394 * @since 1.21
8395 */
8396 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8397
8398 /**
8399 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8400 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8401 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8402 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8403 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8404 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8405 *
8406 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8407 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8408 *
8409 * @since 1.21
8410 */
8411 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8412
8413 /**
8414 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8415 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8416 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8417 *
8418 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8419 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8420 *
8421 * @since 1.21
8422 */
8423 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8424 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8425 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8426 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8427 ];
8428
8429 /**
8430 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8431 *
8432 * @since 1.20
8433 */
8434 $wgSiteTypes = [
8435 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8436 ];
8437
8438 /**
8439 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8440 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8441 * @since 1.23
8442 */
8443 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8444
8445 /**
8446 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8447 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8448 * @see T67184
8449 * @since 1.24
8450 */
8451 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8452
8453 /**
8454 * Secret for session storage.
8455 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8456 * be used.
8457 * @since 1.27
8458 */
8459 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8460
8461 /**
8462 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8463 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8464 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8465 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8466 * @since 1.27
8467 */
8468 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8469
8470 /**
8471 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8472 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8473 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8474 * be used.
8475 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8476 * @since 1.24
8477 */
8478 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8479
8480 /**
8481 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8482 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8483 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8484 * @since 1.24
8485 */
8486 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8487
8488 /**
8489 * Enable page language feature
8490 * Allows setting page language in database
8491 * @var bool
8492 * @since 1.24
8493 */
8494 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8495
8496 /**
8497 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8498 *
8499 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8500 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8501 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8502 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8503 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8504 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8505 *
8506 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8507 *
8508 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8509 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8510 * 'options' => [
8511 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8512 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8513 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8514 * ]
8515 * ];
8516 *
8517 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8518 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8519 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8520 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8521 *
8522 * Example config for Parsoid:
8523 *
8524 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8525 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8526 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8527 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8528 * ];
8529 *
8530 * @var array
8531 * @since 1.25
8532 */
8533 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8534 'paths' => [],
8535 'modules' => [],
8536 'global' => [
8537 # Timeout in seconds
8538 'timeout' => 360,
8539 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8540 'forwardCookies' => false,
8541 'HTTPProxy' => null
8542 ]
8543 ];
8544
8545 /**
8546 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8547 * these suggestions.
8548 *
8549 * @var bool
8550 * @since 1.26
8551 */
8552 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8553
8554 /**
8555 * Where popular password file is located.
8556 *
8557 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8558 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8559 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8560 *
8561 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8562 * @since 1.27
8563 * @var string path to file
8564 */
8565 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8566
8567 /*
8568 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8569 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8570 *
8571 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8572 * @since 1.27
8573 */
8574 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8575
8576 /*
8577 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8578 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8579 *
8580 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8581 * @since 1.30
8582 */
8583 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8584
8585 /**
8586 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8587 *
8588 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8589 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8590 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8591 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8592 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8593 *
8594 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8595 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8596 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8597 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8598 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8599 *
8600 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8601 *
8602 * @since 1.27
8603 */
8604 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8605 'default' => [
8606 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8607 ]
8608 ];
8609
8610 /**
8611 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8612 *
8613 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8614 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8615 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8616 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8617 *
8618 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8619 *
8620 * @var bool
8621 * @since 1.28
8622 */
8623 $wgPingback = false;
8624
8625 /**
8626 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8627 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8628 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8629 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8630 *
8631 * @since 1.28
8632 */
8633 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8634 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8635 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8636 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8637 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8638 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8639 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8640 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8641 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8642 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8643 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8644 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8645 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8646 ];
8647
8648 /**
8649 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8650 *
8651 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8652 *
8653 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8654 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8655 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8656 *
8657 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8658 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8659 */
8660 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8661 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8662 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8663 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8664
8665 /**
8666 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8667 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8668 *
8669 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8670 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8671 *
8672 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8673 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8674 *
8675 * @par Example:
8676 * @code
8677 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8678 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8679 *];
8680 * @endcode
8681 */
8682 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8683
8684 /**
8685 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8686 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8687 * @}
8688 */